Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2017 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Association of International Accountants (AIA) and The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts |
Programme title | Accounting and Financial Management |
Programme code | BSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN34 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
- To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the professional accounting bodies
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
- Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
- Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
- Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
- Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- Analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues in management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
- Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
- Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately (A);
- Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
- Prepare financial statements (A);
- Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
i) Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
ii) Learn (A) and work independently;
iii) Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);
iv) Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
v) Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);
vi) Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);
vii) Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA025 Introduction to Law | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA019 Accounting and Finance in Context | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles | 10 |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1. Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2016 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Association of International Accountants (AIA) and The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts |
Programme title | Accounting and Financial Management |
Programme code | BSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN34 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
- To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the professional accounting bodies
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
- Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
- Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
- Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
- Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- Analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues in management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
- Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
- Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately (A);
- Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
- Prepare financial statements (A);
- Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
i) Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
ii) Learn (A) and work independently;
iii) Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);
iv) Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
v) Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);
vi) Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);
vii) Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA025 Introduction to Law | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A or BSA085 Quantitiative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA019 Accounting in Context | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis and Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles | 10 |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1. Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA), The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland (ICAS). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts |
Programme title | Accounting and Financial Management |
Programme code | BSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN34 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
- To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the professional accounting bodies
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
- Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
- Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
- Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
- Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- Analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues in management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
- Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
- Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately (A);
- Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
- Prepare financial statements (A);
- Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
i) Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
ii) Learn (A) and work independently;
iii) Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);
iv) Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
v) Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);
vi) Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);
vii) Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA025 Introduction to Law | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A | 10 |
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA019 Accounting in Context | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A | 10 |
or BSA115 Business Modelling B | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select THREE) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles | 10 |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1. Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2014 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA), The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland (ICAS). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts |
Programme title | Accounting and Financial Management |
Programme code | BSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN34 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
- To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the professional accounting bodies
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
- Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
- Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
- Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
- Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- Analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues in management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
- Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
- Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately (A);
- Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
- Prepare financial statements (A);
- Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
i) Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
ii) Learn (A) and work independently;
iii) Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);
iv) Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
v) Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);
vi) Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);
vii) Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
BSA017 |
Financial Accounting |
20 |
BSA020 |
Microeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA080 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
BSA019 |
Accounting in Context |
10 |
BSA022 |
Macroeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA025 |
Introduction to Law |
10 |
BSA110 |
Business Modelling A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA115 |
Business Modelling B |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select THREE) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB086 International Employment Relations | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles | 10 |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficience Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 Intenrational Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1. Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Accounting and Financial Management (2013 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by professional accounting bodies. Exemptions from some professional accounting examinations are available from: The Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA); The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA), The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales (ICAEW) and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland (ICAS). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candiates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS/ BSc + DInts |
Programme title | Accounting and Financial Management |
Programme code | BSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies. In accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN34 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/accountingandfinancialmanagement/
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Accounting, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in the accounting and financial management professions or more general management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate's chosen profession.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of accounting and financial management by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with industry, professional firms and accounting bodies, through vocational experience in a professional placement and through accreditation by the major professional accounting bodies.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To allow students to examine critically and in depth the evolving nature and role of accounting and financial management theory and practice.
- To provide a range of optional subjects in accounting, financial management and other management disciplines to complement the core of the programme and to allow students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Accounting and Financial Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B+M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the professional accounting bodies
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Accounting and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (A) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- Foundational disciplines of management, including economics, business mathematics and statistics;
- Business organisations in their technological, economic, fiscal, legal and political contexts;
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Accounting and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments, the business entity and capital markets (A) and the integral nature of the accounting function in the successful management of organisations;
- Current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in accounting and financial management;
- Selected alternative techniques and practices in accounting and financial management (A);
- Methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- Analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- Contemporary theories of accounting and financial management and their related research evidence (A);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations;
- A range of contemporary issues in management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Analyse, model and solve structured and unstructured problems (A);
- Evaluate and assess alternatives in complex scenarios;
- Gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately (A);
- Critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Record and summarise transactions and other economic events (A);
- Prepare financial statements (A);
- Use appropriate analytical tools for accounting and financial management tasks (A);
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
i) Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
ii) Learn (A) and work independently;
iii) Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team building and project management (B&M);
iv) Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
v) Use communication and information technology appropriately in acquiring, analysing and communicating information (A);
vi) Communicate quantitative and qualitative information, analysis, argument and conclusions using a variety of styles, in effective ways (A);
vii) Make oral and written presentations appropriate to the audience (A).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
BSA017 |
Financial Accounting |
20 |
BSA020 |
Microeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA080 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
BSA019 |
Accounting in Context |
10 |
BSA022 |
Macroeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA025 |
Introduction to Law |
10 |
BSA110 |
Business Modelling A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA115 |
Business Modelling B |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB005 Management Accounting | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select THREE) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONS (Select TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC005 Financial Reporting: Theory and Practice | 10 |
BSC008 Strategic Management Accounting: structures, processes and roles | 10 |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC009 Strategic Management Accounting and Performance | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC021 Issues in Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1. Various Semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in Semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2017 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Banking, Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N301 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers.
- To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
- current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
- selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
- methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
- formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
- advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
- relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
- use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
- apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A | 10 |
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A | 10 |
or BSA115 Business Modelling B | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC045 Strategy in Banking | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2016 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Banking, Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N301 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers.
- To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
- current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
- selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
- methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
- formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
- advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
- relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
- use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
- apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A | 10 |
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A | 10 |
or BSA115 Business Modelling B | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC045 Strategy in Banking | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Banking, Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N301 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers.
- To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
- current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
- selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
- methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
- formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
- advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
- relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
- use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
- apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA013 Principles of Financial Accounting | 10 |
BSA020 Microeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A | 10 |
or BSB085 Quantitative Methods for Business B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA014 Financial Accounting and Analysis | 10 |
BSA022 Macroeconomics for Financial Studies | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A | 10 |
or BSA115 Business Modelling B | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC045 Strategy in Banking | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2014 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Banking, Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N301 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers.
- To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
- current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
- selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
- methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
- formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
- advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
- relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
- use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
- apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
BSA017 |
Financial Accounting |
20 |
BSA035 |
Introduction to Banking |
10 |
BSA080 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
BSA022 |
Macroeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA036 |
Banking Law and Practice |
10 |
BSA060 |
Microeconomics for Busines |
10 |
BSA110 |
Business Modelling A |
20 |
|
Or |
|
BSA115 |
Business Modelling B |
20 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
ECB015 Economics of the Financial System | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB030 Marketing | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB007 Financial Reporting | 10 |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB086 International Employment Relations | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC045 Strategy in Banking | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC150 Business Ethics | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Banking, Finance and Management (2013 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | The programme is accredited by: The Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA), The Institute of Financial Services (IFS) and the Association of Corporate Treasurers (ACT). In order to qualify for the professional institutes’ examination exemptions offered to graduates from this degree, candidates must achieve minimum module marks stipulated by these bodies which, in some cases, exceed the minimum marks required for progression and degree award. Up to date information may be obtained from the relevant professional bodies. |
Final award | BSc/ BSC DPS /BSc DInts |
Programme title | Banking, Finance and Management |
Programme code | BSUB20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programmes is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies, in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad Stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N301 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/bankingfinanceandmanagement/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Banking, Finance and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding in the areas of management, banking and economics for an effective and valued career in the financial services or a related management function.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of accounting, banking law and practice, economics and monetary and financial systems by pursuing them over an extended period and in depth.
- To develop a full range of professional skills and personal qualities beneficial for managing in finance and banking related areas.
- To develop a critical awareness of the dynamics of the relevant UK and international environments affecting banking and finance.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with banks, leading financial institutions and professional bodies and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide the opportunity for students to examine critically and in depth key issues faced by modern day bankers and financial managers.
- To provide a range of optional subjects that, in addition to core subjects, will enable graduates either to obtain substantial exemptions from professional examinations or to pursue more general management careers.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our Banking, Finance and Management degree additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- Accounting Subject Benchmark Statement (A)
- General Business and Management Benchmark Statement (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- Requirements of the relevant professional bodies.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statements for Accounting and General Business and Management. Those relating directly to the benchmarks are marked (A) and/or (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which banks and other businesses operate (B&M amended);
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- banking and financial management in its major contexts, including the legal and social environments and the business entity and capital markets (A amended);
- current technical language, developments, methods, practices and issues in banking and financial management;
- selected techniques and practices in banking and financial management;
- methods of recording and summarising economic events and preparation of financial statements (A);
- analytical tools for the effective financial management of business operations (A);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact on organisations (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies for (banks) at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M) (A);
- formulate and solve problems, both structured and unstructured,
- advise on decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- gather relevant data and evidence from various sources, integrate them appropriately and reference sources adequately and critically evaluate arguments and evidence (A);
- relate theory to practice in Banking, Finance and Management (B&M)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
- use credit appraisal skills and knowledge of funding options to review a wide range of business proposals from the financier's perspective
- apply numeracy and economic modelling techniques to finance problems and phenomena (B&M amended)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
BSA017 |
Financial Accounting |
20 |
BSA035 |
Introduction to Banking |
10 |
BSA080 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
|
|
|
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
BSA022 |
Macroeconomics for Financial Studies |
10 |
BSA036 |
Banking Law and Practice |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the International Context |
10 |
BSA060 |
Microeconomics for Busines |
10 |
BSA110 |
Business Modelling A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA115 |
Business Modelling B |
10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB030 |
Marketing |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB120 |
Decision Making Analysis |
10 |
ECB015 |
Economics of the Financial System (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any available ECB module subject to School approval.
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB025 |
Financial Management |
10 |
BSB067 |
Business Lending |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
ECB015 |
Economics of the Financial System (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)
Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any available ECB module subject to School approval.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC044 Principles of Strategic Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking | 10 |
BSC045 Strategy in Banking | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE FOUR) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC025 Auditing | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business (2017 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS |
Programme title | Information Management and Business |
Programme code | BSUB25 |
Length of programme | The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years) |
Admissions criteria |
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks:
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
- To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for Librarianship and Information Management (2007) (LIM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/Librarianship07.pdf)
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for General Business and Management (2007) (GBM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/GeneralBusinessManagement.pdf)
- QAA booklet - Academic Credit in Higher Education in England (2006)
- Loughborough University, Learning and Teaching Strategy http://www.lboro.ac.uk/admin/ar/policy/learning_and_teaching/
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)
K2. information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)
K3. the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)
K4. the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)
K5. professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)
K6. a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)
K7. pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM)
K8. human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)
K9. appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)
K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)
K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)
K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)
K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)
K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)
K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)
K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management (GBM)
K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
C1. demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)
C2. self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)
C3. apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)
C4. plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats
C5. apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
P1. demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management of information (LIM)
P2. specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)
P3. carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)
P4. apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)
P5. use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)
P6. conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
T1. make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T2. use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T3. apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)
T4. show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)
T5. demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)
T6. achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)
T7. appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)
T8. demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A | 10 |
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B | 10 |
ISA410 Information in Society | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A | 10 |
or BSA115 Business Modelling B | 10 |
ISA411 Intelligent Organisations | 10 |
ISA413 Agile Data Management | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
ISB412 Digital Resilience | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)
Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 10/20 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
ISC200 Information Architecture | 10 |
ISC336 Social Informatics | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 20/10 |
ISC334 Intelligent Project Management | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
BSC575 Leadership and Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business (2016 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS |
Programme title | Information Management and Business |
Programme code | BSUB25 |
Length of programme | The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years) |
Admissions criteria |
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks:
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
- To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for Librarianship and Information Management (2007) (LIM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/Librarianship07.pdf)
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for General Business and Management (2007) (GBM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/GeneralBusinessManagement.pdf)
- QAA booklet - Academic Credit in Higher Education in England (2006)
- Loughborough University, Learning and Teaching Strategy http://www.lboro.ac.uk/admin/ar/policy/learning_and_teaching/
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)
K2. information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)
K3. the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)
K4. the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)
K5. professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)
K6. a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)
K7. pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM)
K8. human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)
K9. appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)
K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)
K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)
K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)
K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)
K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)
K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)
K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management (GBM)
K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
C1. demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)
C2. self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)
C3. apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)
C4. plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats
C5. apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
P1. demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management of information (LIM)
P2. specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)
P3. carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)
P4. apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)
P5. use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)
P6. conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
T1. make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T2. use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T3. apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)
T4. show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)
T5. demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)
T6. achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)
T7. appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)
T8. demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA570 Quantitative Methods for Business | 10 |
ISA410 Information in Society | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA572 Statistics & Modelling for Management | 10 |
ISA411 Intelligent Organisations | 10 |
ISA413 Agile Data Management | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
ISB412 Digital Resilience | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)
Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 10/20 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
ISC200 Information Architecture | 10 |
ISC336 Social Informatics | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 20/10 |
ISC334 Intelligent Project Management | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
BSC575 Leadership and Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS |
Programme title | Information Management and Business |
Programme code | BSUB25 |
Length of programme | The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years) |
Admissions criteria |
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks:
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
- To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for Librarianship and Information Management (2007) (LIM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/Librarianship07.pdf)
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for General Business and Management (2007) (GBM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/GeneralBusinessManagement.pdf)
- QAA booklet - Academic Credit in Higher Education in England (2006)
- Loughborough University, Learning and Teaching Strategy http://www.lboro.ac.uk/admin/ar/policy/learning_and_teaching/
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)
K2. information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)
K3. the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)
K4. the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)
K5. professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)
K6. a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)
K7. pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM)
K8. human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)
K9. appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)
K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)
K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)
K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)
K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)
K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)
K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)
K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management (GBM)
K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
C1. demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)
C2. self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)
C3. apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)
C4. plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats
C5. apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
P1. demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management of information (LIM)
P2. specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)
P3. carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)
P4. apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)
P5. use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)
P6. conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
T1. make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T2. use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T3. apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)
T4. show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)
T5. demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)
T6. achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)
T7. appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)
T8. demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
BSA570 Quantitative Methods for Business | 10 |
ISA410 Knowledge, Data and Information in Society | 10 |
COA102 Web Design | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA526 Accounting for Managers | 10 |
BSA572 Statistics & Modelling for Management | 10 |
ISA411 Knowledge, Data and Information in Organisations | 10 |
ISA413 Information & Knowledge Organisation and Retrieval | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB560 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
ISB410 People Centred Information Services | 10 |
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB562 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSB572 Management Science Methods | 10 |
ISB412 Digital Resilience | 20 |
ISB413 Research Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
ISB301 Systems Thinking | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)
Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
BSC570 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC575 Leadership & Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1 | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 10/20 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
ISC200 Information Architecture | 10 |
ISC336 Social Informatics | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1 | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 20/10 |
ISC334 Intelligent Project Management | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC080 Analyising Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 40 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business (2014 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS |
Programme title | Information Management and Business |
Programme code | BSUB25 |
Length of programme | The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years) |
Admissions criteria |
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks:
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
- To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for Librarianship and Information Management (2007) (LIM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/Librarianship07.pdf)
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for General Business and Management (2007) (GBM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/GeneralBusinessManagement.pdf)
- QAA booklet - Academic Credit in Higher Education in England (2006)
- Loughborough University, Learning and Teaching Strategy http://www.lboro.ac.uk/admin/ar/policy/learning_and_teaching/
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)
K2. information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)
K3. the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)
K4. the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)
K5. professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)
K6. a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)
K7. pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM)
K8. human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)
K9. appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)
K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)
K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)
K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)
K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)
K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)
K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)
K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management (GBM)
K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
C1. demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)
C2. self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)
C3. apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)
C4. plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats
C5. apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
P1. demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management of information (LIM)
P2. specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)
P3. carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)
P4. apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)
P5. use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)
P6. conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
T1. make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T2. use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T3. apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)
T4. show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)
T5. demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)
T6. achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)
T7. appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)
T8. demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA525 Introduction to Accounting | 10 |
BSA570 Quantitative Methods for Business | 10 |
ISA410 Knowledge, Data and Information in Society | 10 |
COA102 Web Design | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA526 Accounting for Managers | 10 |
BSA572 Statistics & Modelling for Management | 10 |
ISA411 Knowledge, Data and Information in Organisations | 10 |
ISA413 Information & Knowledge Organisation and Retrieval | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB560 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
ISB410 People Centred Information Services | 10 |
ISB411 Knowledge, Data and Information Systems | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB562 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSB572 Management Science Methods | 10 |
ISB412 Records Management in Organisations | 20 |
ISB413 Research Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB580 Operations Management | 10 |
ISB301 Informatics and Systems | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB550 Company Finance | 10 |
BSB590 The Contemporary Business Environment | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)
Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
BSC570 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC575 Leadership & Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 10/20 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
ISC200 Information Architecture | 10 |
ISC336 Social Informatics | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 20/10 |
ISC025 Information and Knowledge Management in the NHS | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 40 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Information Management and Business Studies (2013 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc/ BSc+DPS |
Programme title | Information Management and Business Studies |
Programme code | BSUB25 |
Length of programme | The programme is available on a full-time basis. The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake a placement leading to the award of a Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) which takes place between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | PN11 (three years) or PNC1 (four years) |
Admissions criteria |
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Information Management and Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations, especially those requiring sophisticated management of knowledge and information.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students:
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a deep understanding of the importance of information management and its role in effective decision making in organisations.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience and optionally on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks:
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with a wide variety of business organisations.
- To demonstrate the importance of information management and information literacy to a wide variety of business organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of a wide variety of business organisations.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- QAA: Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for Librarianship and Information Management (2007) (LIM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/Librarianship07.pdf)
- QAA Subject Benchmark Statement for General Business and Management (2007) (GBM) (http://www.qaa.ac.uk/academicinfrastructure/benchmark/statements/GeneralBusinessManagement.pdf)
- QAA booklet - Academic Credit in Higher Education in England (2006)
- Loughborough University, Learning and Teaching Strategy http://www.lboro.ac.uk/admin/ar/policy/learning_and_teaching/
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. the cultural, ethical, political and social issues surrounding the use of information at an organisational level and within society and the external environment (LIM, GBM)
K2. information systems - the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (GBM)
K3. the changing needs of users of existing and potential information services in a global technology rich environment (LIM)
K4. the principles of strategic management, marketing and planning and development of people within organisations (GBM)
K5. professional, legal, moral and ethical considerations in the computing and information industries including issues such as data protection, the valuation of intellectual property, freedom of information etc. (LIM and GBM)
K6. a variety of sources of information through a range of physical and virtual channels, media and formats (LIM)
K7. pervasive issues such as sustainability, globalisation, corporate social responsibility, diversity, business innovation, creativity, enterprise development, knowledge management and risk management (GBM)
K8. human information behaviour and information seeking processes and information retrieval systems (LIM)
K9. appropriate frameworks, standards and systems for the description, classification and indexing of information and knowledge containers and content (LIM)
K10. organisations, the external environment in which they operate and how they are managed (GBM)
K11. the internal aspects, functions and processes of organisations and their purpose, structures, governance, operations and management (GBM)
K12. different types of organisations that produce, disseminate and store information and their place in the information chain (LIM)
K13. policies and procedures that apply to the creation, capture, storage, dissemination, retrieval and destruction of information to ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks (LIM)
K14. the design, development and delivery of information products, systems and services to match customer requirements (LIM)
K15. processes, procedures and practices for effective management of organisations (GBM)
K16. the concepts, principles and techniques underpinning key aspects of planning, managing and leading services, including financial management, human resource management, project management, marketing, service quality, customer relationship management and change management (GBM)
K17. the principles and capacities of information and communication technologies and their application in professional practice.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
C1. demonstrate a range of cognitive and intellectual skills together with techniques specific to business and management such as critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate and marshal facts, ideas and theories in a well-structured argument (LIM)
C2. self reflect critically, demonstrating self awareness, openness and sensitivity to diversity in terms of people, cultures, business and management issues; acquire the skills of learning to learn and developing a continuing appetite for learning; reflective, adaptive and collaborative learning (LIM)
C3. apply subject knowledge and understanding critically and effectively to real world situations (LIM)
C4. plan effective strategies for searching and handling information, in both printed and electronic formats
C5. apply qualitative and quantitative research methods and their application in practice. (LIM)
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
P1. demonstrate effective use of information and communication technologies and their application in the management of information (LIM)
P2. specify, design and construct information services and computer-based systems according to users’ needs including identifying, formulating and solving business problems (LIM and GBM)
P3. carry out effective problem solving and decision making using appropriate quantitative and qualitative skills (LIM and GBM)
P4. apply the concepts, principles and techniques of strategic management in real world situations (LIM)
P5. use a range of electronic information resources and systems including databases, search engines and portals (LIM)
P6. conduct research into business and information management issues (GBM)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to:
T1. make effective use of communication and information technology, for example create and manipulate documents and databases using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T2. use numeracy and quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation and present information in numerical and statistical form using appropriate software (LIM and GBM)
T3. apply critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, evaluation and manage and reflect on their own learning (LIM and GBM)
T4. show interpersonal skills of effective listening, negotiating, persuasion and presentation and communicate effectively orally and in writing using a range of media for different purposes and audiences (LIM and GBM)
T5. demonstrate effective self-management in terms of time, planning and behaviour (LIM and GBM)
T6. achieve effective performance, within a team environment, including leadership, team building, influencing and project management skills in various contexts (LIM and GBM)
T7. appreciate the need for continuing professional development and manage their own lifelong learning (LIM and GBM)
T8. demonstrate skills of critical thinking, analysis and synthesis, including the ability to relate data, facts, ideas and theories into a well-structured argument (LIM and GBM)
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Module title |
Modular Weight |
ISA410 |
Knowledge, Data and Information in Society |
10 |
ISA412 |
Web Design |
10 |
BSA505 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA525 |
Introduction to Accounting |
10 |
BSA570 |
Quantitative Methods for Business |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 60)
Code |
Module title |
Modular Weight |
ISA411 |
Knowledge, Data and Information in Organisations |
10 |
ISA413 |
Information & Knowledge Organisation & Retrieval |
10 |
BSA506 |
Management of Human Resources |
10 |
BSA572 |
Statistics and Modelling for Managers |
10 |
BSA526 |
Accounting for Managers |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Module title |
Modular Weight |
ISB411 |
Knowledge, Data and Information Systems |
20 |
ISB410 |
People Centred Information Systems |
10 |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB560 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One of the following modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme:
ISB301, BSB050, BSB580
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Module title |
Modular Weight |
ISB412 |
Records Management in Organisations |
20 |
ISB413 |
Research Methods |
10 |
BSB572 |
Management Science Methods |
10 |
BSB562 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One of the following modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme:
BSB012, BSB052, BSB550, BSB590
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I - Placement (8 semester programme only)
Candidates on degree programmes which include professional training will be registered for module BSI001 Placement. They will undertake a placement of minimum 48 weeks during the year between Part B and Part C which will lead to the qualification of Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) on successful completion of the required assessments for BSI001 and of the degree programme requirements.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULE | |
BSC570 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC575 Leadership & Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 10/20 |
ISC027 Information and Knowledge Management | 10 |
ISC200 Information Architecture | 10 |
ISC336 Social Informatics | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficience Analysis | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
BSC522 Entrepreneurship and Innovation | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES |
|
GROUP 1* | |
ISC002 Information Management Project (weight 30) continued in Semester 2 | 20/10 |
ISC025 Information and Knowledge Management in the NHS | 10 |
ISC330 Culture and Change Management | 10 |
ISC334 Intelligent Project Management | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
GROUP 2 (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC524 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Planning | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 40 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have pre-requisite modules. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- to progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with Regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C. The percentage mark for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final percentage mark.
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2017 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
- create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Buisness A or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2016 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
- create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Space | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
- create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business Aor BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling Aor BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2014 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
- create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business Aor BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling Aor BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB086 International Employment Relations | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2013 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
- create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A | 10 |
or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A | 10 |
or BSA115 Business Modelling B | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB086 International Employment Relations | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
EUL111 French Language 11 | 10 |
EUL211 German Language 11 | 10 |
EUL311 Spanish Language 11 | 10 |
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 | 10 |
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 | 10 |
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
EUL112 French Language 11 | 10 |
EUL212 German Language 11 | 10 |
EUL312 Spanish Language 11 | 10 |
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 | 10 |
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 | 10 |
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) International Business (2012 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc /BSc DPS/BSc DIntS |
Programme title | International Business |
Programme code | BSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N110 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/internationalbusiness/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The International Business degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring international understanding and cultural competence.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a global outlook to face effectively the managerial and organisational challenges of a globalized economy.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To offer international perspectives on business and management through teaching and learning and through close links with international partner universities.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the international business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at LoughboroughUniversity is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including economics, mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which business operates (B&M);
- integration of concepts and from the various business disciplines to comprehend business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M);
- the process of management and differing international styles of management (B&M);
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in both national and international business contexts;
- the nature of organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M);
- pervasive issues which impact on international firms and international business, including: globalisation, diversity and cultural issues (B&M);
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management (B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- use effective communication, both oral and written, in a range of styles and media appropriate for management in different cultures (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M);
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M);
- create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- understand and be sensitive to different cultures, including the ability to work effectively in other cultures (B&M);
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
BSA055 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
BSA070 |
Financial Framework |
10 |
BSA080 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 3 and above)
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
BSA057 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
BSA060 |
Microeconomics for Business |
10 |
BSA110 |
Business Modelling A |
20 |
|
Or |
|
BSA115 |
Business Modelling B |
20 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 4 and above) .
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB023 |
Macroeconomics for Business |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB050 |
International Business |
10 |
BSB137 |
Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 5 and above) subject to School approval.
Semester 2
EITHER
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB200 |
International Semester |
60 |
OR
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB024 |
International Economics |
10 |
BSB052 |
International Management |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
BSB086 |
International Employment Relations |
10 |
BSB105 |
Brand Management |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 6 and above).
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC056 Exploring Political Risks in the Asia-Pacific and Emerging Markets | 10 |
BSC058 The Business and Politics of Intelligence and Espionage | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
EUL111 French Language 11 | 10 |
EUL211 German Language 11 | 10 |
EUL311 Spanish Language 11 | 10 |
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 | 10 |
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 | 10 |
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued in Sem 2 | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE THREE) | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking | 10 |
BSC057 The Business of Crisis and the Crisis of Business | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Business Dynamics and Simulation | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting Practice and Decision Making | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC150 Business Ethics | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
EUL112 French Language 11 | 10 |
EUL212 German Language 11 | 10 |
EUL312 Spanish Language 11 | 10 |
EUC100 French Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 | 10 |
EUC200 German Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 | 10 |
EUC300 Spanish Dissertation (weight 20) continued from Sem 1 | 10 |
Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also;
To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2017 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Management Sciences |
Programme code | BSUB40 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N201 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
- The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
- The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
- Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
- Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
- A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
- Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
- Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
- Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
- Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financail Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives Fundamentals | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2016 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Management Sciences |
Programme code | BSUB40 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N201 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
- The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
- The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
- Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
- Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
- A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
- Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
- Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
- Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
- Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB100 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficience Analysis | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC071 Manageing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC132 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2015 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Management Sciences |
Programme code | BSUB40 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N201 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
- The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
- The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
- Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
- Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
- A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
- Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
- Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
- Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
- Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA035 Introduction to Banking | 10 |
BSA050 Introduction to Management | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSA026 Principles of Law | 10 |
BSA036 Banking Law and Practice | 10 |
BSA052 Sociology of Work | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Management Science Methods | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2014 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Management Sciences |
Programme code | BSUB40 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N201 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
- The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
- The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
- Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
- Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
- A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
- Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
- Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
- Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
- Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
BSA055 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
BSA070 |
Financial Framework |
10 |
BSA080 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 3 and above).
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the Internatiional Context |
10 |
BSA057 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
BSA060 |
Microeconomics for Business |
10 |
BSA110 |
Business Modelling A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA115 |
Business Modelling B |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 4 and above).
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB100 Operations Management | 10 |
BSB120 Decision Making Analysis | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB015 Company Law | 10 |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (SELECT TWO) | |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB067 Business Lending | 10 |
BSB086 International Employment Relations | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC063 Decision and Efficience Analysis | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
University Wide Languages Programme | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2013 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Management Sciences |
Programme code | BSUB40 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N201 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
- The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
- The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
- Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
- Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
- A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
- Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
- Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
- Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
- Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
BSA055 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
BSA070 |
Financial Framework |
10 |
BSA080 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 3 and above).
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
BSA053 |
Organisations in the Internatiional Context |
10 |
BSA057 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
BSA060 |
Microeconomics for Business |
10 |
BSA110 |
Business Modelling A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA115 |
Business Modelling B |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 4 and above).
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB100 |
Operations Management |
10 |
BSB120 |
Decision Making Analysis |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)
Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 5 and above).
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB012 |
Information Systems Development |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
BSB105 |
Brand Management |
10 |
BSB110 |
Data Analysis for Management |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)
Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 6 and above).
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC063 Decision and Efficiency Analysis | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC067 Simulation for Decision Support | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Management Sciences (2012 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Management Sciences |
Programme code | BSUB40 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | N201 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/managementsciences/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Management Sciences degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in a wide range of management situations including those requiring quantitative approaches, analytical techniques and significant IT skills.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training in the graduate’s chosen profession or management specialism.
- To develop a comprehensive understanding of the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop skills in the choice, application, interpretation and implementation of industry standard and bespoke software packages required to meet the needs of the modern data-driven business environment.
- To develop a deep understanding in areas of particular interest by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with a dynamic learning environment showing the importance and relevance of numeracy and computing skills in meeting the needs of successful modern organisations.
- To provide students with a flexible learning environment allowing students to explore and develop their own interests and strengths as they progress through the programme.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims and offers graduates of our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General Business and Management (B&M)
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- Foundational disciplines of business and management including economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M);
- Key areas of the technological, economic, fiscal, legal, and political contexts in which business operates (B&M, altered);
- The behaviour of people in organisations;
- The processes of management and decision making;
- Familiarity with a range of business data, research sources and appropriate methodologies (B&M, altered);
- The development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M, altered);
- The sources, uses and management of finance, the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- The management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in both the manufacturing and service industries (B&M, altered);
- The development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon organisations (B&M);
- The key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M, altered);
- The development of appropriate policies and strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M, altered);
- Modelling and analytical techniques in management including their strengths and weaknesses and appropriateness;
- Appropriate packages for modelling and decision making in management;
- A range of contemporary issues impacting on various areas of management.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- Make effective use of a wide range of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including the selection of appropriate software for various tasks (B&M);
- Conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the Internet (B&M);
- Create, evaluate and assess a range of options in a business situation, applying ideas and knowledge from a variety of sources (B&M);
- Apply highly developed numerical skills and sophisticated quantitative skills including data analysis, interpretation and extrapolation to business problems (B&M);
- Create, exploit and apply quantitative models to business problems and phenomena (B&M);
- Perform effectively within a team environment, displaying effective team-working skills including leaderships, team-building and project management skills(B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA005 |
Organisational Behaviour |
10 |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued in Semester 2 |
10 |
BSA055 |
Principles of Marketing |
10 |
BSA070 |
Financial Framework |
10 |
BSA080 |
Quantitative Methods for Business A |
10 |
|
Or |
|
BSA085 |
Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 3 and above).
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 50)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSA007 |
Skills for Study, Placement and Employment (weight 20) continued from Semester 1 |
10 |
BSA057 |
The Marketing Mix |
10 |
BSA060 |
Microeconomics for Business |
10 |
BSA110 |
Business Modelling A |
20 |
|
Or |
|
BSA115 |
Business Modelling B |
20 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 10)
One module from the Business catalogue of Part A optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 4 and above).
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB010 |
Business Information Management |
10 |
BSB040 |
Human Resource Management |
10 |
BSB100 |
Operations Management |
10 |
BSB120 |
Decision Making Analysis |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)
Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 5 and above).
Semester 2
i) COMPULSORY MODULES (total modular weight 40)
Code |
Title |
Modular Weight |
BSB012 |
Information Systems Development |
10 |
BSB070 |
Accounting for Management Decisions |
10 |
BSB105 |
Brand Management |
10 |
BSB110 |
Data Analysis for Management |
10 |
ii) OPTIONAL MODULES (total modular weight 20)
Two modules from the Business catalogue of Part B optional modules for this programme, or any University-Wide Language module (level 6 and above).
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economicsapproved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC055 Strategic Management | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC056 Exploring Political Risks in the Asia-Pacific and Emerging Markets | 10 |
BSC058 The Business and Politics of Intelligence and Espionage | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 40 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC064 Business Optimisation | 10 |
BSC067 Business Dynamics and Simulation | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting Practice and Decision Making | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale OBanking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC057 The Business of Crisis and the Crisis of Business | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC088 Working Lives Under Globalisation | 10 |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC150 Business Ethics | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 20 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2017 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Retailing, Marketing and Management |
Programme code | BSUB50 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN25 |
Admissions criteria | http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/departments/business-economics/etailingmarketingmanagement/ |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The Retailing, Marketing and Management degree programme aims to produce high quality graduates with the knowledge, skills and understanding for an effective and valued career in retail management, marketing or other similar management situations.
Within this general aim the programme specifically seeks to encourage students
- To develop knowledge, concepts and skills in the major academic disciplines of business and management as a sound basis for practice, study and training, particularly in the areas of retailing and marketing.
- To develop a deep understanding in the areas of retailing and marketing by pursuing them over an extended period and in considerable depth.
- To develop the concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills necessary for management problem solving, including through individual experience on placement.
- To develop a positive attitude to change, a desire for excellence, a visionary and positive approach to future developments and an openness to new ideas.
Consequently the programme seeks
- To provide a relevant, practical and constantly updated programme through close links with many large organisations and through vocational experience in a professional placement.
- To provide students with the opportunity to see ways in which theory can be applied in practice, both through taught content and through individual experience on professional placement.
- To provide students with deep insight into retailing and management through the use of a wide variety of case studies.
- To develop teaching and learning in response to advances in scholarship and the needs of the business community.
- To enhance the employability of our graduates.
The School of Business and Economics at Loughborough University is distinctive amongst 'traditional' university business schools in incorporating a third year spent on professional placement. This is an integral element of the programme and something which we believe is of particular benefit in achieving these aims. It offers students on our degrees additional and valuable opportunities to develop their knowledge, understanding and skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- The benchmark statement for General and Business Management
- The Framework for Higher Education Qualifications
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
The programme provides opportunities for students to develop and demonstrate knowledge and understanding, qualities, skills and other attributes in the areas shown below. These intended learning outcomes are set in the context of the QAA subject benchmark statement for Business and Management and those relating directly to this benchmark are marked (B&M) below.
On successful completion of this programme students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding in the following areas
- the foundation disciplines of business and management including marketing, economics, business mathematics and statistics sufficient to enable a clear understanding of the central aspects of the main business and management functions (B&M)
- the economic, technological, financial, legal, cultural and political context within which retail business operates (B&M)
- integration of concepts from the various business disciplines to comprehend retail business situations and develop appropriate analysis and solutions (B&M)
- the processes of management and decision making;
- concepts, analytical approaches, evaluative thinking and numeracy skills relevant to solving problems in a retail context
- the nature of retailing and other organisations and the behaviour of people within them, both individually and working in groups (B&M)
- the development and operation of markets for resources, goods and services including customer expectations, market orientation and the marketing mix (B&M);
- the use of accounting and other information systems for managerial applications (B&M);
- the management and development of people within organisations (B&M);
- the management of operations in the retailing industries (B&M);
- the development, management and exploitation of information systems and their impact upon retailing organisations (B&M);
- the key communication and information technologies used in business and management (B&M);
- the development of appropriate policies and retailing strategies at the corporate level within a changing national and international environment (B&M).
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Use critical thinking, analysis and synthesis to evaluate and apply concepts and insights from business disciplines, including comprehension of complex scenarios (B&M);
- Formulate and solve both structured and unstructured business problems;
- Advise on business decisions using appropriate qualitative and quantitative skills, including the ability to identify and evaluate a range of alternative solutions (B&M);
- Relate theory to practice in business and management(B&M).
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Communicate effectively in a business context, using a range of styles and media appropriate for management (B&M);
- make effective use of information and communication technologies (ICT) in a business context including word processing, storage and manipulation of data, generation of presentations, use of the internet and e-mail using appropriate software (B&M)
- conduct research using a range of sources of business-related materials including books, journals, trade and financial press, official statistics and the internet (B&M)
- use effective team-working skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M)
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of the programme students should be able to
- Organise themselves personally and independently to be a valued contributor through time management, self-direction, self-motivation, tenacity and proactiveness (B&M);
- Analyse and assess their own personality, needs and abilities and be proactive in managing their personal development (B&M);
- Deploy appropriate interpersonal skills to achieve the best from others, including effective communication, listening, influencing and conflict resolution (B&M);
- Display a positive attitude to change, with a desire for excellence and a visionary and positive approach to future developments;
- Accept and analyse new ideas and assess alternatives when presented with a range of possible interpretations and/or solutions;
- Learn and work independently (B&M);
- Interpret numerical information, reason numerically and apply appropriate mathematical and statistical techniques (B&M);
- Communicate clearly and persuasively, both orally and in writing (B&M);
- Use information and communication technologies effectively and efficiently (ICT);
- Work well in a team, using appropriate skills, including leadership, team-building and project management (B&M).
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 and 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA007 Skills for Study, Placement and Employment | 20 |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA005 Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
BSA055 Principles of Marketing | 10 |
BSA070 Financial Framework | 10 |
BSA075 Introduction to Retail Management | 10 |
BSA080 Quantitative Methods for Business A or BSA085 Quantitative Methods for Business B |
10 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA053 Organisations in the International Context | 10 |
BSA057 The Marketing Mix | 10 |
BSA060 Microeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSA077 Retailing Environment | 10 |
BSA110 Business Modelling A or BSA115 Business Modelling B |
10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSB010 Business Information Management | 10 |
BSB040 Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSB125 Retail and Service Operations | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSA070 Accounting for Management Decisions | 10 |
BSB105 Brand Management | 10 |
BSB131 Visual Merchandising | 10 |
BSB132 Retail Buying | 10 |
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE TWO) | |
BSB023 Macroeconomics for Business | 10 |
BSB025 Financial Management | 10 |
BSB035 Sales Management | 10 |
BSB046 Organisation Studies | 10 |
BSB050 International Business | 10 |
BSB137 Data Analysis for Marketing Decisions | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES (CHOOSE ONE) | |
BSB012 Information Systems Development | 10 |
BSB024 International Economics | 10 |
BSB027 Financial Markets and Derivatives | 10 |
BSB052 International Management | 10 |
BSB087 Vocational Psychology | 10 |
BSB110 Data Analysis for Management | 10 |
BSB150 Business Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility | 10 |
Candidates may replace the modules required for Part B Semester Two with an approved course of study taught in English at a foreign University. Candidates will undertake assessed work equivalent to 60 credits, as required by the School of Business and Economics. Students who select this option must ensure that they have taken a total of 60 credits in Semester One.
4.3 Part I
Candidates pursue one of the following streams:
i) Placement Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement.
ii) Study Abroad Stream
Candidates will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions.
iii) Split Stream
Candidates will undertake an appropriate business placement for half the year and will study at one of the School of Business and Economics approved academic institutions for the other half of the academic year.
(iv) Language Related Placement
Candidates will undertake a year abroad in employment, for example as an English language assistant in a school or other educational establishment, approved by the School of Business and Economics.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
MODULE TITLE | Modular Weight |
SEMESTER 1 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC110 Marketing Strategy and Planning | 10 |
BSC180 Retailing Logistics | 20 |
SEMESTER 2 COMPULSORY MODULES | |
BSC170 Retailing Strategy | 10 |
SEMESTER 1 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 30 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC115 International Marketing | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC015 Financial Management and Corporate Policy | 10 |
BSC020 Corporate Reconstruction and Turnaround | 10 |
BSC030 Corporate Governance | 10 |
BSC051 International Corporate Governance and Firms. | 10 |
BSC062 Analytics for Management | 10 |
BSC070 Technology in Business and Society | 10 |
BSC071 Managing Big Data | 10 |
BSC097 Knowledge Management | 10 |
BSC100 Advanced Interpersonal Skills | 10 |
BSC105 International Human Resource Management | 10 |
BSC130 Business Programming | 10 |
BSC132 Small Business Issues | 10 |
BSC165 Business Forecasting | 10 |
SEMESTER 2 OPTIONAL MODULES, with a total credit weighting of 50 from the approved list of options* | |
GROUP 1* | |
BSC117 Services Marketing | 10 |
BSC124 Marketing Communications | 10 |
GROUP 2 | |
BSC016 Financial Risk Management | 10 |
BSC018 Behavioural Finance | 10 |
BSC042 Corporate and Wholesale Banking | 10 |
BSC053 International Negotiations | 10 |
BSC059 Business and Entrepreneurialism in Postconflict Spaces | 10 |
BSC068 Consulting for Decision Making | 10 |
BSC072 Strategic Information Management | 10 |
BSC080 Analysing Careers | 10 |
BSC085 The Changing Work Organisation | 10 |
BSC134 Business Planning for New Ventures | 10 |
BSC136 Enterprise Resource Planning | 10 |
BSC140 Lean Operations | 10 |
BSC144 Project Management | 10 |
BSC175 Retail Location | 10 |
*Over Semester 1 and Semester 2 at least 10 credits must be chosen from Group 1*. Various semester 2 modules in the final year have a pre-requisite module in semester 1 of the final year. Students must carefully check their preferred modules' pre-requisites before making selections as all pre-requisites will be rigorously enforced. |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX but also:
- To progress from Part B to the period of professional training or study at an approved institution abroad, candidates must accumulate at least 100 credits in Part B as well as achieving at least 30% in all modules taken in Part B.
Provision will be made in accordance with regulation XX for candidates who have the right of re-assessment in Part A or Part B of the programme to undergo re-assessment in the University’s special assessment period.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and C, in accordance with the scheme set out in regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 25: Part C 75, to determine the final overall percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
BS BSc (Hons) Retailing, Marketing and Management (2016 entry)
Academic Year: 2017/18
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
- Module Specifications
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
- What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | Loughborough University |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | School of Business and Economics |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | BSc (Hons) + DPS/DIntS |
Programme title | Retailing, Marketing and Management |
Programme code | BSUB50 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is six semesters, plus one academic year, and has four streams. Candidates following the Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year undertaking professional training leading to the Diploma in Professional Studies in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. Candidates following the Study Abroad stream or the Language Related Placement Stream are required to spend the third academic year at an approved academic institution. Candidates following the Split Stream are required to spend six months of the third academic year undertaking professional training, and the other half of the third academic year studying at an approved academic institution. The Study Abroad, the Language Related Placement and the Split Stream lead to the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) in accordance with Senate Regulation XI. The third academic year (Part I) occurs between Part B and Part C. |
UCAS code | NN25 |